blob: 6d4718d42cacb8338aeff6696dd66e9b96823f02 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner60a65912002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I);
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +0000116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
117 CastInst*LHSI,
118 ConstantInt* CI);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000119 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
120 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000121 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000122 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000123 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000124 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
125 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000126 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
127 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000128 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000129 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000130 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000131 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000132 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000133
134 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000135 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000136
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000137 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000138 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
140
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000141 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000142 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
143 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
144 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000145 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000146 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
147 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000148 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
149 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
150 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000151 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000152 }
153
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000154 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
155 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
156 /// cast.
157 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
158 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
159
160 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
161 WorkList.push_back(C);
162 return C;
163 }
164
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000165 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
166 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
167 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
168 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
169 // modified.
170 //
171 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000172 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000173 if (&I != V) {
174 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
175 return &I;
176 } else {
177 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
178 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000179 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000180 return &I;
181 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000182 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000183
184 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
185 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
186 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
187 // this function.
188 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
189 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
190 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
191 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000192 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000193 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
194 }
195
196
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000197 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000198 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
199 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
200 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
201 ///
202 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
203 Instruction *InsertBefore);
204
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000205 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000206 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000208
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000209
210 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
211 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
212 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
213 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
214
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000215 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
216 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
217 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
218 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
219
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000220 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
221 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000222
223 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
224 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000225 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000226
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000227 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000228}
229
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000230// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000231// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
233 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
234 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000235 return 3;
236 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000237 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000238 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
239 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000240}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000241
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000242// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
243// it.
244static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000245 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000246}
247
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000248// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
249// though a va_arg area...
250static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000251 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000252 case Type::SByteTyID:
253 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
254 case Type::UByteTyID:
255 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
256 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
257 default: return Ty;
258 }
259}
260
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000261// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
262// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000263//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000264// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
265// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
266// binary operators.
267//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000268// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
269// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000270//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000271bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272 bool Changed = false;
273 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
274 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
275
276 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
277 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000278 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
279 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
280 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000281 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
282 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
283 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000284 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
285 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
286 return true;
287 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
288 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
289 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
290 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
291 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
292
293 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000294 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000295 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
296 Op1->getOperand(0),
297 Op1->getName(), &I);
298 WorkList.push_back(New);
299 I.setOperand(0, New);
300 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
301 return true;
302 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000303 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000304 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000305}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000306
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000307// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
308// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000309//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000310static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
311 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
312 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
313
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000314 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
315 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
316 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000317 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000318}
319
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000320static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
321 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
322 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
323
324 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000325 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000326 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000327 return 0;
328}
329
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000330// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
331// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000332// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
333// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000334//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000335static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000336 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000338 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000339 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000341 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000342 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
344 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
345 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
346 return I->getOperand(0);
347 }
348 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000349 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000350}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000351
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000352/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
353/// expression, return it.
354static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
355 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
356 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
357 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
358 return cast<User>(V);
359 return false;
360}
361
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000362// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
363// power of 2.
364static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
365 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
366 unsigned Count = 0;
367 while (Val != 1) {
368 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
369 Val >>= 1;
370 ++Count;
371 }
372 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000373}
374
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000375// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000376static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
377 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
378 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000379}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000380static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
381 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
382 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000383}
384
385// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
386// true when both operands are equal...
387//
388static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
389 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
390 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
391 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
392}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000393
394/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
395/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
396/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
397/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
398/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
399/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
400/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
401///
402template<typename Functor>
403Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
404 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
405 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
406
407 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
408 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
409 return F.apply(Root);
410
411 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
412 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000413 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000414 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
415 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
416
417 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
418 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
419 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
420 ShouldApply = true;
421 }
422
423 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
424 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
425 if (ShouldApply) {
426 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000427
428 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
429 // and perform the reassociation.
430 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
431
432 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
433 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
434
435 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
436 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000437 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000438 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
439 return 0;
440 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000441 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000442 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
444 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
445 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
446 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000447
448 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
449 // get to LHSI.
450 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
451 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000452 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
453 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
454 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
455 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
456 ARI = NextLHSI;
457
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000458 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
459 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
460 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
461 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
462 }
463
464 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
465 // the transformation...
466 return F.apply(Root);
467 }
468
469 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
470 }
471 return 0;
472}
473
474
475// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
476struct AddRHS {
477 Value *RHS;
478 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
479 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
480 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
481 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
482 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
483 }
484};
485
486// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
487// iff C1&C2 == 0
488struct AddMaskingAnd {
489 Constant *C2;
490 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
491 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000492 ConstantInt *C1;
493 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
494 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000495 }
496 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000497 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000498 }
499};
500
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000501static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000502 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
504 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
505 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
506
507 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
508 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
509 }
510
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000511 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000512 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
513 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000514
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000515 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
516 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000517 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
518 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000519 }
520
521 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
522 if (!ConstIsRHS)
523 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
524 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000525 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
526 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
527 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
528 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000529 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000530 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 abort();
532 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000533 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
534}
535
536// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
537// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
538// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
539// not have a second operand.
540static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
541 InstCombiner *IC) {
542 // Don't modify shared select instructions
543 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
544 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
545 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
546
547 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
548 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
549 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
550
551 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
552 SelectFalseVal);
553 }
554 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000555}
556
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000557
558/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
559/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
560/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
561Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
562 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000563 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
564 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
565 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000566
567 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
568 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000569 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000570 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
571 return 0;
572
573 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
574 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
575 I.setName("");
576 NewPN->op_reserve(PN->getNumOperands());
577 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
578
579 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
580 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
581 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000582 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000583 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
584 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
585 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
586 }
587 } else {
588 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
589 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000590 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000591 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
592 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
593 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
594 }
595 }
596 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
597}
598
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000599Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000600 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000601 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000602
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000603 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000604 // X + undef -> undef
605 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
606 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
607
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 // X + 0 --> X
609 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
610 RHSC->isNullValue())
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
612
613 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
614 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
615 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
616 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000617 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000618 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000619 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000620
621 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
622 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
623 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000625
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000626 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000627 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000628 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000629 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000630
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000631 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000632 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000633 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000634
635 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000636 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
637 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000638 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000639
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000640 ConstantInt *C2;
641 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
642 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
643 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
644
645 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
646 ConstantInt *C1;
647 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
648 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000649 }
650
651 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000652 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
653 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
654
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000655
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000656 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000657 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000658 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000659
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000660 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000661 Value *X;
662 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
663 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
664 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000665 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000666
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000667 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
668 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
669 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
670 if (Anded == CRHS) {
671 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
672 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
673 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
674
675 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
676 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
677 AddRHSHighBits &= (1ULL << C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
678
679 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
680 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
681
682 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
683 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
684 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
685 LHS->getName()), I);
686 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
687 }
688 }
689 }
690
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000691 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
692 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000693 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000694 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000695 }
696
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000697 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000698}
699
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000700// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
701// highest order bit set.
702static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
703 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
704 return (CI->getRawValue() & ~(-1LL << NumBits)) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
705}
706
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000707static unsigned getTypeSizeInBits(const Type *Ty) {
708 return Ty == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
709}
710
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000711/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
712///
713static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
714 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
715 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
716 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
717 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
718 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSize() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSize())
719 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
720 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
721 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
722 }
723 return V;
724}
725
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000726Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000727 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000728
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000729 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
730 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000731
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000732 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000733 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000734 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000735
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000736 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
737 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
738 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
739 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
740
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000741 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
742 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000743 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
744 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000745
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000746 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000747 Value *X;
748 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
749 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000750 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000751 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
752 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000753 if (C->isNullValue()) {
754 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
755 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000756 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
757 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
758 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000759 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000760 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000761 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000762 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000763 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000764 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000765 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
766 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
767 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
768 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
769 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
770 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
771 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
773 return NewShift;
774 else {
775 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
776 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
777 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 }
779 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000780 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000781
782 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
783 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000784 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000785 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000786
787 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
788 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
789 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000790 }
791
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000792 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000793 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000794 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
795 // is not used by anyone else...
796 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000797 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
798 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000799 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
800 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
801 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
802 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
803
804 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000805 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000806 }
807
808 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
809 //
810 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
811 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
812 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
813
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000814 Value *NewNot =
815 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000816 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000817 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000818
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000819 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
820 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
821 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
822 if (CSI->getValue() == 0)
823 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
824 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
825 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
826
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000827 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000828 ConstantInt *C2;
829 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
830 Constant *CP1 =
831 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000833 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000834 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000835
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000836
837 ConstantInt *C1;
838 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
839 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
840 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
841 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
842 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000843
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000844 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
845 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
846 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
847 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000848 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000849}
850
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000851/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
852/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
853static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
854 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
855 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
856 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
857 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
858 } else {
859 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
860 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
861 // the size of the integer type.
862 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
863 return RHSC->getValue() == 1ULL<<(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
864 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
865 return RHSC->getValue() ==
866 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1))-1;
867 }
868 return false;
869}
870
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000871Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000872 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000873 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000874
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000875 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
876 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
877
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000878 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000879 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
880 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000881
882 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
883 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
884 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
885 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000886 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
887 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000888
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000889 if (CI->isNullValue())
890 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
891 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
893 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000894 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000895
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000896 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000897 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
898 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
899 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000900 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000901 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000903
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000904 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
905 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
906 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
907 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
908 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000909
910 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
911 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000912 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000913 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000914
915 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
916 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
917 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000918 }
919
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000920 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
921 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000922 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000923
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000924 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
925 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
926 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
927 // formed.
928 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
929 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
930 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
931 BoolCast = CI;
932 if (!BoolCast)
933 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
934 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
935 BoolCast = CI;
936 if (BoolCast) {
937 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
938 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
939 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
940
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000941 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
942 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
943 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
944 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000945 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
946 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
947 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000948 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000949 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000950 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
951 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
952 }
953
954 Value *V =
955 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
956 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
957 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000958
959 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
960 // or truncate to the multiply type.
961 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000962 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000963
964 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000965 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000966 }
967 }
968 }
969
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000970 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000971}
972
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000973Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000974 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000975
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000976 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
977 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
978 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
979 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
980
981 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000982 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000983 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000984 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000985
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000986 // div X, -1 == -X
987 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000988 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000989
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000990 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000991 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
992 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000993 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
994 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
995 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
996 }
997
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000998 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
999 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1000 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1001 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1002 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001003 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001004 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001005
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001006 // -X/C -> X/-C
1007 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001008 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001009 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1010
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001011 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1012 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001013 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 return R;
1015 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1016 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1017 return NV;
1018 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001019 }
1020
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001021 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1022 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1023 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1024 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1025 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1026 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1027 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1028 return &I;
1029 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1030 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1031 return &I;
1032 }
1033
1034 if (uint64_t TSA = Log2(STO->getValue()))
1035 if (uint64_t FSA = Log2(SFO->getValue())) {
1036 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1037 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1038 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1039 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
1040
1041 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1042 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1043 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1044 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1045 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1046 }
1047 }
1048
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001049 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001050 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001051 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1052 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1053
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001054 return 0;
1055}
1056
1057
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001058Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001059 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001060 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001062 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001063 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001064 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1065 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1066 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1067 return &I;
1068 }
1069
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001070 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001071 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1073 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001074
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001075 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001076 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1077 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1078
1079 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1080 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1081 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1082 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001083 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001084 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1085 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1086
1087 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1088 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001089 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001090 return R;
1091 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1092 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1093 return NV;
1094 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001095 }
1096
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001097 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1098 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1099 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1100 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1101 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1102 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1103 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1104 return &I;
1105 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1106 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1107 return &I;
1108 }
1109
1110 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1111 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1112 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1113 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1114 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1115 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1116 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1117 }
1118 }
1119
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001120 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001121 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001122 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001123 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1124
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001125 return 0;
1126}
1127
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001128// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001129static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001130 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1131 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
1132 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1133 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1134 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1135 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1136 }
1137
1138 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1139
1140 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
1141 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1142 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1143 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1144 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1145}
1146
1147// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001148static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001149 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1150 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1151
1152 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1153
1154 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
1155 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1156 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1157 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1158 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1159}
1160
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001161// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1162// constant.
1163static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1164 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1165 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1166}
1167
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001168#if 0 // Currently unused
1169// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1170static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1171 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1172
1173 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1174 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1175
1176 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1177 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1178}
1179#endif
1180
1181// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1182// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1183static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1184 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1185
1186 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1187 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1188
1189 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1190 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1191}
1192
1193
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001194/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1195/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1196///
1197/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1198///
1199/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1200/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1201/// if A < B.
1202///
1203static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1204 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1205 // False -> 0
1206 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1207 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1208 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1209 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1210 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1211 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1212 // True -> 7
1213 default:
1214 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1215 return 0;
1216 }
1217}
1218
1219/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1220/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1221/// SetCC instruction.
1222static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1223 switch (Opcode) {
1224 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1225 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1226 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1227 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1228 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1229 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1230 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1231 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1232 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1233 }
1234}
1235
1236// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1237struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1238 InstCombiner &IC;
1239 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1240 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1241 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1242 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1243 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1244 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1245 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1246 return false;
1247 }
1248 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1249 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1250 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1251 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1252 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1253 }
1254
1255 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1256 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1257 unsigned Code;
1258 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1259 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1260 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1261 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001262 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001263 }
1264
1265 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1266 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1267 return I;
1268 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1269 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1270 }
1271};
1272
1273
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001274/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1275/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1276/// be the same type.
1277static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1278 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1279 return true;
1280 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1281 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
1282
1283 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1284 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1285 case Instruction::And:
1286 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1287 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1288 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1289 return true;
1290 break;
1291 case Instruction::Cast: {
1292 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
1293 if (SrcTy->isIntegral()) {
1294 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1295 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1296 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1297 return true;
1298
1299 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
1300 if (SrcTy != Type::BoolTy)
1301 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() ==I->getType()) ||
1302 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1303 Constant *NewMask =
1304 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1305 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1306 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1307 }
1308 }
1309 break;
1310 }
1311 case Instruction::Shl:
1312 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 << C1) & C2 == 0
1313 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
1314 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1315 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, SA);
1316 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1317 if (C1->isNullValue())
1318 return true;
1319 }
1320 break;
1321 case Instruction::Shr:
1322 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1323 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1324 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1325 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1326 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1327 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1328 if (C1->isNullValue())
1329 return true;
1330 }
1331 break;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 return false;
1336}
1337
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001338// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1339// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1340// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1341Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1342 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1343 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1344 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1345 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001346 Constant *Together = 0;
1347 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001348 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001349
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001350 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1351 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001352 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001353 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1354 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001355 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001356 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001357 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001358 }
1359 break;
1360 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001361 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1362 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001363
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001364 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1365 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1366 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1367 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1368 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1369 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001370 }
1371 break;
1372 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001373 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001374 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1375 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1376 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001377 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001378
1379 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
1380 AndRHSV &= (1ULL << AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
1381
1382 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001383 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001384 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1385 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1386 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001387 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001388
1389 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1390 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1391 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1392 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1393 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1394 // no effect.
1395 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1396 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1397 return &TheAnd;
1398 } else {
1399 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1400 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001401 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001402 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001403 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407 }
1408 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001409
1410 case Instruction::Shl: {
1411 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1412 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1413 //
1414 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001415 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1416 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
1417
1418 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1420 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001421 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1422 return &TheAnd;
1423 }
1424 break;
1425 }
1426 case Instruction::Shr:
1427 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1428 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1429 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1430 //
1431 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1432 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001433 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1434 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1435
1436 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1437 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1438 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1439 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001440 return &TheAnd;
1441 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001442 } else { // Signed shr.
1443 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1444 // with an and.
1445 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1446 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1447 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1448 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001449 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001450 // Make the argument unsigned.
1451 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1452 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1453 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1454 TheAnd);
1455 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1456 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1457 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001458 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1459 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1460 TheAnd.getName()),
1461 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001462 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1463 }
1464 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001465 }
1466 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001467 }
1468 return 0;
1469}
1470
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001471
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001472/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1473/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1474/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1475/// insert new instructions.
1476Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1477 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1478 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1479 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1480 if (Inside) {
1481 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1482 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1483 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1484 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
1485
1486 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1487 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1488 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1489 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1490 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1491 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1492 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1493 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1494 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1495 }
1496
1497 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1498 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1499
1500 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1501 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1502 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1503
1504 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1505 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1506 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1507 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1508 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1509 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1510 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1511 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1512 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1513 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1514}
1515
1516
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001517Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001518 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001519 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001520
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001521 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1522 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1523
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001524 // and X, X = X
1525 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001526 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001527
1528 // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001529 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
1530 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue()) // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001531 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001532
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001533 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1534 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1535
1536 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1537 // and in the first place.
1538 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1539 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS))))
1540 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1541
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001542 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1543 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1544 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001545 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1546 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1547 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1548 case Instruction::Xor:
1549 case Instruction::Or:
1550 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1551 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1552 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
1553 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
1554 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1555 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
1556 break;
1557 case Instruction::And:
1558 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1559 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1560 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1561 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1562 break;
1563 }
1564
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001565 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001566 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001567 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001568 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1569 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1570
1571 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1572 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
1573 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
1574
1575 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1576 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1577 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1578 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1579 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1580 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1581 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1582 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1583 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1584 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1585 return &I;
1586 }
1587
1588 } else {
1589 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1590 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1591 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1592 // it.
1593 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1594 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1595 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1596 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1597 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1598 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1599 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1600 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1601 Instruction *NC =
1602 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1603 CI->getName()+".uns");
1604 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1605 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1606 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1607 CI->setName("");
1608 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1609 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1610 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1611 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1612 }
1613 }
1614 }
1615 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001616 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001617
1618 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1619 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001620 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001621 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001622 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1623 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1624 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001625 }
1626
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001627 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1628 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001629
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001630 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1631 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1632
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001633 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001634 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001635 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1636 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001637 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001638 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1639 }
1640
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001641 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1642 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001643 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1644 return R;
1645
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001646 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1647 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1648 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1649 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1650 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1651 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1652 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1653 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1654 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1655 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1656 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1657 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1658 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1659 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1660 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1661 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1662 }
1663
1664 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1665 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1666 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1667 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1668 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1669 // equal.
1670 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1671
1672 switch (LHSCC) {
1673 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1674 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1675 switch (RHSCC) {
1676 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1677 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1678 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1679 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1680 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1681 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1682 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1683 }
1684 case Instruction::SetNE:
1685 switch (RHSCC) {
1686 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1687 case Instruction::SetLT:
1688 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1689 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1690 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1691 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1692 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1693 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1694 case Instruction::SetNE:
1695 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1696 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1697 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1698 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1699 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1700 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1701 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1702 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1703 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1704 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1705 }
1706 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1707 }
1708 break;
1709 case Instruction::SetLT:
1710 switch (RHSCC) {
1711 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1712 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1713 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1714 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1715 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1716 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1717 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1718 }
1719 case Instruction::SetGT:
1720 switch (RHSCC) {
1721 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1722 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1723 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1724 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1725 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1726 case Instruction::SetNE:
1727 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1728 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1729 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001730 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1731 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001732 }
1733 }
1734 }
1735 }
1736
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001737 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001738}
1739
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001740Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001741 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001742 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001743
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001744 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1745 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1746 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1747
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001748 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001749 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001751
1752 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001753 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001754 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1755 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1756 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1757 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1758 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001759
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001760 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1761 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1762 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1763 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1764 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1765 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1766 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1767 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001768
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001769 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1770 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1771 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1772 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1773 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1774 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1775 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001776 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001777
1778 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1779 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001780 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001781 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001782 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1783 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1784 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001785 }
1786
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001787 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001788 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
1789 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1790 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1791 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001792
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001793 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1794 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
1795 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1796 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1797 } else {
1798 A = 0;
1799 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001800
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001801 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1802 if (Op0 == B)
1803 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1804 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001805
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001806 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001807 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1808 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1809 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1810 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1811 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001812 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001813
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001814 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001815 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001816 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1817 return R;
1818
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001819 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1820 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1821 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1822 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1823 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1824 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1825 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1826 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1827 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1828 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1829 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1830 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1831 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1832 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1833 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1834 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1835 }
1836
1837 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1838 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1839 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1840 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1841 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1842 // equal.
1843 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1844
1845 switch (LHSCC) {
1846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1847 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1848 switch (RHSCC) {
1849 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1850 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1851 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1852 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1853 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1854 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1855 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1856 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1857 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1858 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1859 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1860 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1861 }
1862 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1863
1864 case Instruction::SetGT:
1865 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> X > 13
1866 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1867 break; // (X == 13 | X > 15) -> no change
1868 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1869 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1871 }
1872 break;
1873 case Instruction::SetNE:
1874 switch (RHSCC) {
1875 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1876 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1877 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1878 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1879 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1880 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1881 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1882 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1883 }
1884 break;
1885 case Instruction::SetLT:
1886 switch (RHSCC) {
1887 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1888 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1889 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001890 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1891 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001892 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1893 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1895 }
1896 break;
1897 case Instruction::SetGT:
1898 switch (RHSCC) {
1899 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1900 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1901 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1903 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1904 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1905 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1906 }
1907 }
1908 }
1909 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001910 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001911}
1912
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001913// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
1914struct XorSelf {
1915 Value *RHS;
1916 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
1917 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
1918 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
1919 return &Xor;
1920 }
1921};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001922
1923
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001924Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001925 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001926 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001927
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001928 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1929 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
1930
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001931 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
1932 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
1933 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001934 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001935 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001936
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001937 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001938 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001939 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001940 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001941
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001942 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001943 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001944 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001945 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001946 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
1947 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001948
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001949 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001950 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
1951 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001952 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
1953 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001954 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001955 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001956 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001957
1958 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
1959 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
1960 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
1961 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
1962 Instruction *NotY =
1963 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
1964 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
1965 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
1966 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
1967 }
1968 }
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001969
1970 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001971 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1972 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001973 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001974 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001975 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
1976 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
1977 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001978 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001979 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001980 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001981 break;
1982 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001983 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001984 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
1985 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001986 break;
1987 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001988 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001989 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00001990 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001991 break;
1992 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001993 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001994 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001995
1996 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1997 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001998 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001999 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002000 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2001 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2002 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002003 }
2004
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002005 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002006 if (X == Op1)
2007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2008 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2009
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002010 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002011 if (X == Op0)
2012 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2013 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2014
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002015 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002016 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002017 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2018 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2019 I.swapOperands();
2020 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2021 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2022 I.swapOperands();
2023 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002024 }
2025 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2026 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2027 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2028 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2029 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2030 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002031
2032 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002033 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002034 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2035 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002036 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002037 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2038 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002039 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002040 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002041 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2042 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2043 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2044 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2045 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002046 }
2047
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002048 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002049 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2050 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2051 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002052 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002053 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002054
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002055 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2056 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2057 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2058 return R;
2059
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002060 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002061}
2062
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002063/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2064/// overflowed for this type.
2065static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2066 ConstantInt *In2) {
2067 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2068 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2069}
2070
2071static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2072 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2073}
2074
2075/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2076/// overflowed for this type.
2077static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2078 ConstantInt *In2) {
2079 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2080
2081 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2082 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2083 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2084 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2085 return false;
2086 if (isPositive(In1))
2087 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2088 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2089 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2090 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2091}
2092
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002093/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2094/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2095/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2096static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2097 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2098 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2099 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2100 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2101 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2102
2103 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2104 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2105 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2106
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002107 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2108 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002109 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002110 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2111 SIntPtrTy);
2112 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2113 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002114 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002115 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2116 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2117 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2118 else {
2119 // Emit an add instruction.
2120 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2121 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2122 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2123 }
2124 }
2125 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002126 // Convert to correct type.
2127 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2128 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2129 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002130 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2131 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2132 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002133
2134 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002135 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002136 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2137 }
2138 }
2139 return Result;
2140}
2141
2142/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2143/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2144Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2145 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2146 Instruction &I) {
2147 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002148
2149 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2150 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2151 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2152
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002153 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2154 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2155 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2156 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2157 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002158 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2159 Instruction *InVal = 0;
2160 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
2161 bool EmitIt = true;
2162 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2163 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2164 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2165 if (C->isNullValue())
2166 EmitIt = false;
2167 else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
2168 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2169 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2170 }
2171
2172 if (EmitIt) {
2173 Instruction *Comp =
2174 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2175 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2176 if (InVal == 0)
2177 InVal = Comp;
2178 else {
2179 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2180 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2181 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2182 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2183 else // True if all are equal
2184 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2185 }
2186 }
2187 }
2188
2189 if (InVal)
2190 return InVal;
2191 else
2192 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2193 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2194 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002195
2196 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2197 // the result to fold to a constant!
2198 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2199 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2200 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2201 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2202 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2203 }
2204 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
2205 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0))
2206 return 0;
2207
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002208 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2209 bool AllZeros = true;
2210 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2211 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2212 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2213 AllZeros = false;
2214 break;
2215 }
2216 if (AllZeros)
2217 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2218 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002219
2220 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002221 AllZeros = true;
2222 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2223 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2224 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2225 AllZeros = false;
2226 break;
2227 }
2228 if (AllZeros)
2229 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2230
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002231 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2232 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2233 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2234 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2235 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2236 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
2237 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType() !=
2238 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()) {
2239 // Irreconsilable differences.
2240 NumDifferences = 2;
2241 break;
2242 } else {
2243 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2244 DiffOperand = i;
2245 }
2246 }
2247
2248 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2249 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2250 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2251 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
2252 return new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand),
2253 GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand));
2254 }
2255 }
2256
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002257 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2258 // the result to fold to a constant!
2259 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2260 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2261 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2262 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2263 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2264 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2265 }
2266 }
2267 return 0;
2268}
2269
2270
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002271Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002272 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002273 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2274 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002275
2276 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002277 if (Op0 == Op1)
2278 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002279
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002280 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2281 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2282
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002283 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2284 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
2285 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2286 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2287 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
2288 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002289 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2290
2291 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2292 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002293 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2294 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2295 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002296 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002297 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002298 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002299 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002300 case Instruction::SetNE:
2301 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002302
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002303 case Instruction::SetGT:
2304 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2305 // FALL THROUGH
2306 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2307 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2308 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2309 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2310 }
2311 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002312 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002313 // FALL THROUGH
2314 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2315 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2316 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2317 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2318 }
2319 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002320 }
2321
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002322 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2323 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002324 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002325 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2326 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2327 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2328 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2329 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2330 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2331 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2332 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2333 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2334 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2335
2336 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2337 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2338 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2339 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2340 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2341 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2342 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2343 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2344 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2345
2346 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2347 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2348 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2349 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2350 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2351 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2352
2353 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2354 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2355 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2356 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2357 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2358 }
2359
2360 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2361 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2362 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2363 //
2364 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2365 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2366 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2367 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2368
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002369 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002370 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002371 case Instruction::PHI:
2372 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2373 return NV;
2374 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002375 case Instruction::And:
2376 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2377 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2378 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2379 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2380 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2381 // access.
2382 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2383 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2384 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2385 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2386 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
2387
2388 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2389 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2390 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2391 if (ShAmt) {
2392 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002393 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002394 if (!CanFold) {
2395 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2396 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
2397 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd8f5e2c2004-07-21 20:14:10 +00002398 Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8-ShAmt->getValue());
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002399 Constant *ShVal =
2400 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2401 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2402 CanFold = true;
2403 }
2404
2405 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002406 Constant *NewCst;
2407 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2408 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2409 else
2410 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002411
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002412 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2413 // compared.
2414 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2415 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2416 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2417 // result is always true or false now.
2418 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2420 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2421 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2422 } else {
2423 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002424 Constant *NewAndCST;
2425 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2426 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2427 else
2428 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2429 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002430 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2431 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2432 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2433 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002434 }
2435 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002436 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002437 }
2438 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002439
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002440 // (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2441 case Instruction::Cast: {
2442 Instruction* replacement =
2443 visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(I,cast<CastInst>(LHSI),CI);
2444 if (replacement)
2445 return replacement;
Chris Lattnerbe7a69e2004-09-29 03:09:18 +00002446 break;
2447 }
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002448
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002449 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2450 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2451 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2452 default: break;
2453 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2454 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2455 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2456 // comparison cannot succeed.
2457 Constant *Comp =
2458 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2459 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2460 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2461 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2462 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2463 }
2464
2465 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2466 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002467 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002468 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2469 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2470
2471 Constant *Mask;
2472 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2473 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2474 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2475 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2476 } else {
2477 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2478 }
2479
2480 Instruction *AndI =
2481 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2482 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2483 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2484 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2485 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2486 }
2487 }
2488 }
2489 }
2490 break;
2491
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002492 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002493 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002494 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2495 default: break;
2496 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2497 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2498 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2499 // comparison cannot succeed.
2500 Constant *Comp =
2501 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2502
2503 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2504 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2505 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2506 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2507 }
2508
2509 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002510 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002511
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002512 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2513 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2514 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2515
2516 Constant *Mask;
2517 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2518 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2519 Val &= (1ULL << TypeBits)-1;
2520 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2521 } else {
2522 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2523 }
2524
2525 Instruction *AndI =
2526 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2527 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2528 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2529 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2530 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2531 }
2532 break;
2533 }
2534 }
2535 }
2536 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002537
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002538 case Instruction::Div:
2539 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2540 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2541 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2542 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2543 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2544 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2545 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2546 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2547
2548 ConstantInt *Prod;
2549 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2550
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002551 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2552
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002553 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2554 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2555 LoBound = Prod;
2556 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2557 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2558 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2559 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2560 // Can't overflow.
2561 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2562 HiBound = DivRHS;
2563 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2564 LoBound = Prod;
2565 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2566 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2567 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2568 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2569 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2570 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2571 HiBound = Prod;
2572 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2573 }
2574 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2575 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2576 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2577 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2578 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2579 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2580 if (!LoOverflow)
2581 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2582 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2583 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2584 LoBound = Prod;
2585 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2586 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2587 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002588
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002589 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2590 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002591 }
2592
2593 if (LoBound) {
2594 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002595 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002596 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2597 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2598 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2599 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2600 else if (HiOverflow)
2601 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2602 else if (LoOverflow)
2603 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2604 else
2605 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2606 case Instruction::SetNE:
2607 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2608 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2609 else if (HiOverflow)
2610 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2611 else if (LoOverflow)
2612 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2613 else
2614 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2615 case Instruction::SetLT:
2616 if (LoOverflow)
2617 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2618 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2619 case Instruction::SetGT:
2620 if (HiOverflow)
2621 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2622 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2623 }
2624 }
2625 }
2626 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002627 case Instruction::Select:
2628 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2629 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2630 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2631 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2632 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002633 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002634 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2635 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2636 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2637 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002638 LHSI->getOperand(2), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002639 I.getName()), I);
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002640 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002641 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2642 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2643 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2644 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002645 LHSI->getOperand(1), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002646 I.getName()), I);
2647 }
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002648 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002649
2650 if (Op1)
2651 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2652 break;
2653 }
2654
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002655 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2656 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2657 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2658 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2659
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002660 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002661 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002662 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2663 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002664 case Instruction::Rem:
2665 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2666 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2667 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2668 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2669 if (unsigned L2 =
2670 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2671 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2672 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2673 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2674 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2675 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2676 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2677 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2678 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2679 }
2680 break;
2681
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002682 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002683 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2684 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002685 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2686 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2687 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002688 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002689 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2690 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2691 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002692
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002693 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2694 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2695 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2696 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002697 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002698 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2699 BO->setName("");
2700 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2701 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2702 }
2703 }
2704 break;
2705 case Instruction::Xor:
2706 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2707 // the explicit xor.
2708 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2709 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002710 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002711
2712 // FALLTHROUGH
2713 case Instruction::Sub:
2714 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2715 if (CI->isNullValue())
2716 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2717 BO->getOperand(1));
2718 break;
2719
2720 case Instruction::Or:
2721 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2722 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002723 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002724 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002725 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002726 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002727 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002728 break;
2729
2730 case Instruction::And:
2731 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002732 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2733 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002734 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2735 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002736 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002737
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002738 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002739 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002740 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2741 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2742 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002743
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002744 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2745 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2746 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2747 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2748 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2749 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002750 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002751 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002752 }
2753 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2754 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2755 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2756 }
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002757
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002758 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002759 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2760 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002761 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002762
2763 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002764 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2765 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2766 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2767 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002768 }
2769
2770 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002771 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002772 }
2773
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002774 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002775 default: break;
2776 }
2777 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002778 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
2779 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
2780 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2781 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2782 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
2783 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize();
2784 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
2785 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2786 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
2787 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2788 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2789 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2790 // vicinity of zero.
2791 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2792 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002793 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002794 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1));
2795 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2796 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2797 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002798 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002799 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1)));
2800 } else {
2801 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2802 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
2803 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))
2804 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002805 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2806 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002807 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2808 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1)
2809 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002810 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2811 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002812 }
2813 }
2814 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002815 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002816 }
2817
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002818 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2819 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2820 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2821 return NI;
2822 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2823 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2824 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2825 return NI;
2826
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002827 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2828 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002829 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2830 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2831 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002832 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002833 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2834 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2835 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2836 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002837 Op0 = CastOp0;
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002838
2839 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2840 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002841 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2842 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002843 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002844 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002845
2846 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2847 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2848 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2849 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
2850 } else {
2851 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
2852 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
2853 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
2854 }
2855 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
2856 }
2857
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002858 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
2859 // This comes up when you have code like
2860 // int X = A < B;
2861 // if (X) ...
2862 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
2863 // with a constant.
2864 if (ConstantInt *ConstantRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
2865 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp0->getType();
2866 const Type *DestTy = Op0->getType();
2867 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
2868 (SrcTy->isUnsigned() || SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)) {
2869 // Ok, we have an expansion of operand 0 into a new type. Get the
2870 // constant value, masink off bits which are not set in the RHS. These
2871 // could be set if the destination value is signed.
2872 uint64_t ConstVal = ConstantRHS->getRawValue();
2873 ConstVal &= (1ULL << DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
2874
2875 // If the constant we are comparing it with has high bits set, which
2876 // don't exist in the original value, the values could never be equal,
2877 // because the source would be zero extended.
2878 unsigned SrcBits =
2879 SrcTy == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00002880 bool HasSignBit = ConstVal & (1ULL << (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1));
2881 if (ConstVal & ~((1ULL << SrcBits)-1)) {
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002882 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2883 default: assert(0 && "Unknown comparison type!");
2884 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2885 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2886 case Instruction::SetNE:
2887 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2888 case Instruction::SetLT:
2889 case Instruction::SetLE:
2890 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2891 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2893 case Instruction::SetGT:
2894 case Instruction::SetGE:
2895 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2896 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2897 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 // Otherwise, we can replace the setcc with a setcc of the smaller
2902 // operand value.
2903 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(cast<Constant>(Op1), SrcTy);
2904 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), CastOp0, Op1);
2905 }
2906 }
2907 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002908 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002909}
2910
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002911// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant - this method is part of the
2912// visitSetCondInst method. It handles the situation where we have:
2913// (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2914// It tries to remove the cast and even the setcc if the CI value
2915// and range of the cast allow it.
2916Instruction *
2917InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
2918 CastInst* LHSI,
2919 ConstantInt* CI) {
2920 const Type *SrcTy = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType();
2921 const Type *DestTy = LHSI->getType();
2922 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && DestTy->isIntegral()) {
2923 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2924 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2925 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
2926 SrcBits = 1;
2927 if (DestTy == Type::BoolTy)
2928 DestBits = 1;
2929 if (SrcBits < DestBits) {
2930 // There are fewer bits in the source of the cast than in the result
2931 // of the cast. Any other case doesn't matter because the constant
2932 // value won't have changed due to sign extension.
2933 Constant *NewCst = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
2934 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(NewCst, DestTy) == CI) {
2935 // The constant value operand of the setCC before and after a
2936 // cast to the source type of the cast instruction is the same
2937 // value, so we just replace with the same setcc opcode, but
2938 // using the source value compared to the constant casted to the
2939 // source type.
2940 if (SrcTy->isSigned() && DestTy->isUnsigned()) {
2941 CastInst* Cst = new CastInst(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2942 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion(), LHSI->getName());
2943 InsertNewInstBefore(Cst,I);
2944 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), Cst,
2945 ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion()));
2946 }
2947 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),NewCst);
2948 }
2949 // The constant value before and after a cast to the source type
2950 // is different, so various cases are possible depending on the
2951 // opcode and the signs of the types involved in the cast.
2952 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2953 case Instruction::SetLT: {
2954 Constant* Max = ConstantIntegral::getMaxValue(SrcTy);
2955 Max = ConstantExpr::getCast(Max, DestTy);
2956 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetLT(Max, CI));
2957 }
2958 case Instruction::SetGT: {
2959 Constant* Min = ConstantIntegral::getMinValue(SrcTy);
2960 Min = ConstantExpr::getCast(Min, DestTy);
2961 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetGT(Min, CI));
2962 }
2963 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2964 // We're looking for equality, and we know the values are not
2965 // equal so replace with constant False.
2966 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2967 case Instruction::SetNE:
2968 // We're testing for inequality, and we know the values are not
2969 // equal so replace with constant True.
2970 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2971 case Instruction::SetLE:
2972 case Instruction::SetGE:
2973 assert(!"SetLE and SetGE should be handled elsewhere");
2974 default:
2975 assert(!"unknown integer comparison");
2976 }
2977 }
2978 }
2979 return 0;
2980}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002981
2982
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00002983Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002984 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
2985 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00002986 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002987
2988 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
2989 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
2990 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002991 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
2992 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002993
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002994 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
2995 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00002996 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002997 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
2998 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
2999 }
3000 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3001 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3002 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3003 else
3004 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3005 }
3006
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003007 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3008 if (!isLeftShift)
3009 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3010 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3011 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3012
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003013 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3014 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3015 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003016 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003017 return R;
3018
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003019 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003020 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3021 // of a signed value.
3022 //
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003023 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003024 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3025 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3026 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3027 else {
3028 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3029 return &I;
3030 }
3031 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003032
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003033 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3034 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3035 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3036 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003037 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3038 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003039
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003040 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3041 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003042 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003043 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003044 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3045 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3046 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003047
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003048 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3049 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3050 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3051 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3052 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3053 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
3054 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
3055 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3056 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3057 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3058 // left.
3059 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3060 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3061 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3062 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3063 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3064 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3065 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3066 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3067 Instruction *NC =
3068 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3069 CI->getName()+".uns");
3070 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3071 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3072 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3073 CI->setName("");
3074 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3075 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3076 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3077 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3078 }
3079 }
3080 }
3081
3082 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3083 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003084 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3085 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3086 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3087 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3088
3089 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3090 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003091 case Instruction::Add:
3092 isValid = isLeftShift;
3093 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003094 case Instruction::Or:
3095 case Instruction::Xor:
3096 highBitSet = false;
3097 break;
3098 case Instruction::And:
3099 highBitSet = true;
3100 break;
3101 }
3102
3103 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3104 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3105 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3106 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3107 // operation.
3108 //
3109 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3110 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3111 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3112 }
3113
3114 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003115 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003116
3117 Instruction *NewShift =
3118 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3119 Op0BO->getName());
3120 Op0BO->setName("");
3121 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3122
3123 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3124 NewRHS);
3125 }
3126 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003127 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003128
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003129 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003130 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003131 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3132 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003133 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3134 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003135
3136 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3137 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3138 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003139 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8 < Amt)
3140 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003141 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3142 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3143 }
3144
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003145 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3146 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3147 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003148 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003149 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3150 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003151 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003152 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003153 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003154 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003155
3156 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003157 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3158 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003159 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
3160
3161 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3162 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3163 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3164 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3165 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3166 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3167 } else {
3168 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3169 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3170 }
3171 }
3172 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003173 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003174
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003175 return 0;
3176}
3177
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003178enum CastType {
3179 Noop = 0,
3180 Truncate = 1,
3181 Signext = 2,
3182 Zeroext = 3
3183};
3184
3185/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3186/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3187static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3188 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3189 "Only works on integral types!");
3190 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3191 if (Src == Type::BoolTy) SrcSize = 1;
3192 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3193 if (Dest == Type::BoolTy) DestSize = 1;
3194
3195 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3196 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3197 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3198 return Zeroext;
3199}
3200
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003201
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003202// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3203// instruction.
3204//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003205static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003206 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003207
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003208 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
3209 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003210 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003211 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003212 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003213
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003214 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3215 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3216 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3217 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3218 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003219
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003220 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3221 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003222 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003223 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3224 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003225
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003226 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3227 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3228 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3229 // First cast is noop
3230 0, 1, 2, 3,
3231 // First cast is a truncate
3232 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3233 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003234 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003235 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003236 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003237 };
3238
3239 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3240 switch (Result) {
3241 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3242 case 0:
3243 case 1:
3244 case 2:
3245 case 3:
3246 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3247 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3248 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3249 case 4:
3250 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3251 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003252 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3253 // is a truncate or noop.
3254 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3255 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3256 return true;
3257 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
3258 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3259 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003260 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003261 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003262 return false;
3263}
3264
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003265static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003266 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3267 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003268 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3269 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003270 return false;
3271 return true;
3272}
3273
3274/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3275/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3276/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3277///
3278Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3279 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3280 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3281 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3282 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3283
3284 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3285 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3286 return CI;
3287}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003288
3289// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003290//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003291Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003292 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3293
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003294 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3295 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003296 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3297 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003298
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003299 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3300 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3301
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003302 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3303 // one!
3304 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003305 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3306 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3307 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3308 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003309 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3310 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003311 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3312 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003313 }
3314
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003315 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3316 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3317 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003318 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003319 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003320 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
3321 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() < CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()&&
3322 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003323 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3324 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner196897c2003-05-26 23:41:32 +00003325 uint64_t AndValue = (1ULL << CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003326 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3327 AndValue);
3328 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3329 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3330 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3331 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3332 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3333 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3334 }
3335 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003336 }
3337 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003338
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003339 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3340 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003341 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003342 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3343
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003344 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3345 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3346 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003347 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003348 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3349 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3350 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3351 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3352 AllZeroOperands = false;
3353 break;
3354 }
3355 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3356 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3357 return &CI;
3358 }
3359 }
3360
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003361 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3362 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3363 //
3364 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003365 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003366 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3367 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3368 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003369 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003370 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003371 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3372 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003373
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003374 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3375 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
3376 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003377 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003378 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3379 AllocationInst *New;
3380 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3381 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3382 else
3383 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3384 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3385 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3386 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003387 }
3388 }
3389
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003390 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3391 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3392 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003393 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3394 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3395 return NV;
3396
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003397 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3398 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3399 // for now.
3400 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003401 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003402 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3403 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
3404 unsigned SrcBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(Src->getType());
3405 unsigned DestBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(DestTy);
3406
3407 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3408 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3409
3410 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3411 case Instruction::Add:
3412 case Instruction::Mul:
3413 case Instruction::And:
3414 case Instruction::Or:
3415 case Instruction::Xor:
3416 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3417 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3418 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3419 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3420 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003421 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3422 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003423 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3424 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3425 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3426 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3427 }
3428 }
3429 break;
3430 case Instruction::Shl:
3431 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3432 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3433 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3434 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3435 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3436 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3437 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3438 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3439 }
3440 break;
3441 }
3442 }
3443
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003444 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003445}
3446
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003447/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3448/// %C = or %A, %B
3449/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3450/// into:
3451/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3452/// %D = or %A, %C
3453///
3454/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3455/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3456/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3457///
3458static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3459 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3460 case Instruction::Add:
3461 case Instruction::Mul:
3462 case Instruction::And:
3463 case Instruction::Or:
3464 case Instruction::Xor:
3465 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3466 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3467 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3468 case Instruction::Shr:
3469 return 1;
3470 default:
3471 return 0; // Cannot fold
3472 }
3473}
3474
3475/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3476/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3477static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3478 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3479 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3480 case Instruction::Add:
3481 case Instruction::Sub:
3482 case Instruction::Or:
3483 case Instruction::Xor:
3484 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3485 case Instruction::Shl:
3486 case Instruction::Shr:
3487 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3488 case Instruction::And:
3489 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3490 case Instruction::Mul:
3491 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3492 }
3493}
3494
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003495Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003496 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3497 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3498 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3499
3500 // select true, X, Y -> X
3501 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3502 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003503 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003504 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003505 else {
3506 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003507 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003508 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003509
3510 // select C, X, X -> X
3511 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3512 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3513
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003514 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3515 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3516 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3517 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3518 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3519 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3520 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3521 else
3522 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3523 }
3524
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003525 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3526 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3527 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3528 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003529 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003530 } else {
3531 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3532 Value *NotCond =
3533 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3534 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003535 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003536 }
3537 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3538 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3539 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003540 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003541 } else {
3542 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3543 Value *NotCond =
3544 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3545 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003546 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003547 }
3548 }
3549
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003550 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3551 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3552 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3553 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3554 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3555 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3556 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3557 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3558 Value *NotCond =
3559 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003560 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003561 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003562 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003563
3564 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3565 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3566 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3567 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3568 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3569 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3570 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3571 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3572 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3573 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3574 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3575 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
3576 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3577 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3578 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
3579 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3580 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3581 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3582 // false val is the zero.
3583 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3584 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3585 Value *V = ICA;
3586 if (ShouldNotVal)
3587 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3588 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3589 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3590 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003591 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003592
3593 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3594 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3595 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3596 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3597 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3598 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3599 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3600 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3601 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3602 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3603
3604 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3605 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3606 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003607 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003608 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3609 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003610 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003611 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3612 }
3613 }
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003614
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003615 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is legal for
3616 // FP as well.
3617 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3618 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3619 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3620 bool isInverse = false;
3621 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3622
3623 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3624 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3625 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3626 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3627 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3628 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3629 }
3630
3631 if (AddOp) {
3632 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3633 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3634 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3635 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3636 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3637 }
3638
3639 if (OtherAddOp) {
3640 // So at this point we know we have:
3641 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3642 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3643 // a constant.
3644 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3645 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3646 Value *NegVal;
3647 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3648 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3649 } else {
3650 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3651 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3652 }
3653
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003654 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003655 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3656 if (AddOp != TI)
3657 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3658 Instruction *NewSel =
3659 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
3660
3661 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003662 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003663 }
3664 }
3665 }
3666 }
3667
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003668 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3669 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3670 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3671 // transformation we are doing here.
3672 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3673 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3674 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3675 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3676 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3677 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3678 OpToFold = 1;
3679 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3680 OpToFold = 2;
3681 }
3682
3683 if (OpToFold) {
3684 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3685 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3686 Instruction *NewSel =
3687 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3688 Name);
3689 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3690 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3691 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3692 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3693 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3694 else {
3695 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3696 }
3697 }
3698 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00003699
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003700 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3701 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3702 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3703 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
3704 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3705 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
3706 OpToFold = 1;
3707 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
3708 OpToFold = 2;
3709 }
3710
3711 if (OpToFold) {
3712 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
3713 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
3714 Instruction *NewSel =
3715 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
3716 Name);
3717 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3718 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
3719 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3720 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
3721 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3722 else {
3723 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3724 }
3725 }
3726 }
3727 }
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003728 return 0;
3729}
3730
3731
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003732// CallInst simplification
3733//
3734Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003735 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3736 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003737 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
3738 bool Changed = false;
3739
3740 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3741 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3742 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3743
3744 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
3745
3746 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
3747 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
3748 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3749 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3750 // alignment is sufficient.
3751 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003752 }
3753
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003754 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3755 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3756 // into a call to memcpy.
3757 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
3758 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3759 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3760 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
3761 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
3762 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
3763 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
3764 Changed = true;
3765 }
3766
3767 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00003768 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
3769 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
3770 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
3771 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
3772 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
3773 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
3774 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
3775 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
3776 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3777 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003778 }
3779
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003780 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003781}
3782
3783// InvokeInst simplification
3784//
3785Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003786 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003787}
3788
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003789// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
3790//
3791Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003792 bool Changed = false;
3793
3794 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
3795 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003796 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
3797
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003798 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003799
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003800 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
3801 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
3802 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
3803 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
3804 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
3805 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
3806 CS.getInstruction());
3807
3808 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
3809 CS.getInstruction()->
3810 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
3811
3812 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
3813 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
3814 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
3815 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003816 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003817 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
3818 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003819
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003820 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
3821 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
3822 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
3823 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
3824 // the call.
3825 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
3826 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
3827 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
3828 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
3829 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
3830 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
3831 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
3832 *I = Op;
3833 Changed = true;
3834 }
3835 }
3836 }
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003837
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003838 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003839}
3840
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003841// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
3842// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
3843//
3844bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
3845 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
3846 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00003847 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003848 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00003849 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003850 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
3851
3852 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
3853 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
3854 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
3855 //
3856 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
3857 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
3858
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003859 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
3860 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
3861 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
3862 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
3863 !Caller->use_empty())
3864 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
3865
3866 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
3867 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
3868 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
3869 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
3870 if (!Caller->use_empty())
3871 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
3872 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
3873 UI != E; ++UI)
3874 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
3875 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003876 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003877 return false;
3878 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003879
3880 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
3881 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
3882
3883 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
3884 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
3885 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3886 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
3887 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
3888 }
3889
3890 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
3891 Callee->isExternal())
3892 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
3893
3894 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
3895 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
3896 std::vector<Value*> Args;
3897 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
3898
3899 AI = CS.arg_begin();
3900 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3901 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3902 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
3903 Args.push_back(*AI);
3904 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003905 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
3906 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003907 }
3908 }
3909
3910 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
3911 // now...
3912 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
3913 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
3914
3915 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
3916 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
3917 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
3918 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
3919 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
3920 } else {
3921 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
3922 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3923 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
3924 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
3925 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
3926 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
3927 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
3928 Args.push_back(Cast);
3929 } else {
3930 Args.push_back(*AI);
3931 }
3932 }
3933 }
3934
3935 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
3936 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
3937
3938 Instruction *NC;
3939 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003940 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003941 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3942 } else {
3943 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3944 }
3945
3946 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
3947 Value *NV = NC;
3948 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
3949 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
3950 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00003951
3952 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
3953 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
3954 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
3955 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
3956 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
3957 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
3958 } else {
3959 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
3960 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
3961 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003962 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003963 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00003964 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003965 }
3966 }
3967
3968 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
3969 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
3970 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
3971 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
3972 return true;
3973}
3974
3975
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003976// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
3977// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
3978// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
3979Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
3980 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
3981
3982 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
3983 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
3984 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
3985 // code size and simplifying code.
3986 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
3987 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
3988 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
3989 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
3990 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
3991 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
3992 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
3993 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
3994 } else {
3995 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
3996 }
3997
3998 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
3999 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4000 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4001 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4002 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4003 return 0;
4004 if (CastSrcTy) {
4005 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4006 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4007 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4008 return 0;
4009 }
4010 }
4011
4012 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4013 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4014 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4015 PN.getName()+".in");
4016 NewPN->op_reserve(PN.getNumOperands());
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004017
4018 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4019 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004020
4021 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004022 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4023 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4024 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4025 InVal = 0;
4026 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4027 }
4028
4029 Value *PhiVal;
4030 if (InVal) {
4031 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4032 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4033 PhiVal = InVal;
4034 delete NewPN;
4035 } else {
4036 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4037 PhiVal = NewPN;
4038 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004039
4040 // Insert and return the new operation.
4041 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004042 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004043 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004044 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004045 else
4046 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004047 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004048}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004049
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004050// PHINode simplification
4051//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004052Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004053 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4054 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4055 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4056 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4057 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
4058 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004059 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4060 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004061 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4062 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4063 V = 0;
4064 break;
4065 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004066 }
4067
4068 if (V)
4069 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4070 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004071
4072 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4073 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4074 // constants.
4075 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4076 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4077 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4078 bool AllConstant = true;
4079 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4080 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4081 AllConstant = false;
4082 break;
4083 }
4084 if (AllConstant) {
4085 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4086 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4087 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4088 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4089 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4090 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4091 }
4092
4093 // Update the cast instruction.
4094 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4095 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4096 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4097 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4098 }
4099 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004100
4101 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4102 // reducing code size.
4103 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4104 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4105 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4106 return Result;
4107
4108
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004109 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004110}
4111
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004112static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4113 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4114 InstCombiner *IC) {
4115 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4116 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004117 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4118 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4119 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4120 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4121 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4122 *InsertPoint);
4123}
4124
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004125
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004126Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004127 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004128 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004129 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004130 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004131 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004132
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004133 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4134 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4135
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004136 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4137 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4138 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4139
4140 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004141 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004142
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004143 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4144 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004145 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4146 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4147 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4148 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4149 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4150 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4151 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4152 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
4153 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()) {
4154 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4155 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4156 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
4157 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4158 MadeChange = true;
4159 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4160 }
4161 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4162 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4163 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4164 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4165 // pointer target.
4166 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
4167 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4168 MadeChange = true;
4169 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4170 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004171 }
4172 }
4173 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004174 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4175 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4176 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4177 // obvious.
4178 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4179 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004180 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004181 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4182 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004183 MadeChange = true;
4184 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004185 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4186 Op->getName()), GEP);
4187 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4188 MadeChange = true;
4189 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004190
4191 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4192 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4193 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4194 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4195 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4196 MadeChange = true;
4197 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004198 }
4199 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4200
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004201 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4202 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4203 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4204 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004205 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004206 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004207 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004208
4209 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004210 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4211 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4212 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4213 //
4214 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4215 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4216 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4217
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004218 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004219
4220 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4221 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4222 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4223 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004224 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004225
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004226 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004227 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004228 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4229 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4230 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004231 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004232 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4233 Sum = GO1;
4234 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4235 Sum = SO1;
4236 } else {
4237 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4238 // target's pointer size.
4239 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4240 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4241 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4242 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4243 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4244 } else {
4245 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004246 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4247 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4248 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4249
4250 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4251 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4252 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4253 } else {
4254 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4255 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4256 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4257 }
4258 }
4259 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004260 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4261 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4262 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004263 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4264 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004265 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004266 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004267
4268 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4269 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4270 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4271 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4272 return &GEP;
4273 } else {
4274 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4275 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4276 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4277 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4278 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004279 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
4280 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004281 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004282 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004283 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4284 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004285 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4286 }
4287
4288 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004289 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004290
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004291 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004292 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4293 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4294
4295 // Scan for nonconstants...
4296 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4297 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4298 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4299 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4300
4301 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004302 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004303
4304 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4305 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4306 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004307 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004308 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4309 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4310 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4311 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4312 //
4313 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4314 //
4315 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4316 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4317 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4318 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4319 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4320 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4321 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4322 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4323 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4324 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4325 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4326 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4327 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4328 return &GEP;
4329 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004330 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4331 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004332 // Transform things like:
4333 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4334 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4335 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4336 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4337 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4338 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4339 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4340 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4341 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4342 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4343 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4344 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4345 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004346 }
4347 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004348 }
4349
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004350 return 0;
4351}
4352
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004353Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4354 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4355 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4356 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4357 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004358 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004359
4360 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4361 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004362 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004363 else {
4364 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004365 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004366 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004367
4368 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004369
4370 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4371 // allocas if possible...
4372 //
4373 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4374 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4375
4376 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4377 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4378 //
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004379 std::vector<Value*> Idx(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004380 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, Idx, New->getName()+".sub", It);
4381
4382 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4383 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004384 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004385 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4386 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004387 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004388
4389 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4390 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4391 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004392 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
4393 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004394 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4395
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004396 return 0;
4397}
4398
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004399Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4400 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4401
4402 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4403 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4404 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4405 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4406 return &FI;
4407 }
4408
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004409 // free undef -> unreachable.
4410 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4411 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4412 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4413 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4414 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4415 }
4416
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004417 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4418 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004419 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004420 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004421
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004422 return 0;
4423}
4424
4425
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004426/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4427/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4428/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4429///
4430static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004431 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004432 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4433
4434 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4435 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004436 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4437 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4438 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4439 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4440 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4441 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004442 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004443 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004444 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004445 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004446 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004447 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004448 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004449 } else {
4450 return 0;
4451 }
4452 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4453 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4454 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4455 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004456 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004457 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4458 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004459 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4460 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004461 else
4462 return 0;
4463 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004464 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004465 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004466 return C;
4467}
4468
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004469static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4470 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
4471
4472 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4473 if (const PointerType *SrcTy =
4474 dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4475 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4476 if (SrcPTy->isSized() && DestPTy->isSized() &&
4477 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
4478 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy) &&
4479 (SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
4480 (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy))) {
4481 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4482 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4483 // the result of the loaded value.
4484 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CI->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004485 CI->getName(),
4486 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004487 // Now cast the result of the load.
4488 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4489 }
4490 }
4491 return 0;
4492}
4493
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004494/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004495/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4496/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4497/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4498static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4499 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4500 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4501
4502 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4503 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004504 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4505 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4506 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004507 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4508
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004509 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004510 --BBI;
4511
4512 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4513 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4514 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4515 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
4516
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004517 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004518 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004519}
4520
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004521Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4522 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004523
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004524 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
4525 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) &&
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004526 !LI.isVolatile()) { // load null/undef -> undef
4527 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4528 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4529 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
4530 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()), C, &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004531 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004532 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004533
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004534 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4535 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4536 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4537 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
4538
4539 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4540 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4541 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4542 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4543 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4544 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4545 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
4546 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4547 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4548 return Res;
4549 }
4550 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004551
4552 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004553 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4554 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4555 return Res;
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004556
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004557 if (!LI.isVolatile() && Op->hasOneUse()) {
4558 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4559 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4560 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4561 //
4562 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4563 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4564 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4565 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4566 // unconditionally.
4567 //
4568 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4569 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004570 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4571 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004572 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004573 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004574 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004575 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004576 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4577 }
4578
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004579 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4580 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4581 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4582 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4583 return &LI;
4584 }
4585
4586 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4587 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4588 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4589 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4590 return &LI;
4591 }
4592
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004593 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4594 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004595 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4596
4597 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4598 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4599 // loaded from the PHI.
4600 if (Safe) {
4601 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
4602 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
4603 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
4604 Safe = false;
4605 break;
4606 }
4607 }
4608
4609 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004610 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004611 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004612 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004613
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004614 if (Safe) {
4615 // Create the PHI.
4616 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
4617 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
4618 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
4619
4620 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4621 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
4622 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
4623 if (TheLoad == 0) {
4624 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4625 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
4626 InVal->getName()+".val"),
4627 *BB->getTerminator());
4628 }
4629 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
4630 }
4631 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
4632 }
4633 }
4634 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004635 return 0;
4636}
4637
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004638Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
4639 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004640 Value *X;
4641 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
4642 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
4643 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
4644 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4645 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4646 BI.setCondition(X);
4647 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4648 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
4649 return &BI;
4650 }
4651
4652 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
4653 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
4654 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
4655 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
4656 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
4657 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
4658 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
4659 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
4660 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
4661 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004662 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004663 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004664 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4665 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004666 removeFromWorkList(I);
4667 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4668 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004669 return &BI;
4670 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004671
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004672 return 0;
4673}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004674
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004675Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
4676 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4677 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4678 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
4679 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
4680 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
4681 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004682 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004683 AddRHS));
4684 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
4685 WorkList.push_back(I);
4686 return &SI;
4687 }
4688 }
4689 return 0;
4690}
4691
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004692
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004693void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
4694 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
4695 WorkList.end());
4696}
4697
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004698
4699/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
4700/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
4701/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
4702/// end of its block.
4703static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
4704 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
4705
4706 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
4707 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
4708
4709 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
4710 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
4711 return false;
4712
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004713 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
4714 // the end of block that could change the value.
4715 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
4716 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
4717
4718 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
4719 Scan != E; ++Scan)
4720 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
4721 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004722 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004723
4724 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
4725 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
4726
4727 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
4728 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
4729 ++NumSunkInst;
4730 return true;
4731}
4732
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004733bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004734 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00004735 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004736
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004737 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
4738 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00004739
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004740
4741 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
4742 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
4743 WorkList.pop_back();
4744
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004745 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004746 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
4747 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4748 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004749 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004750 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004751 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004752
4753 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4754 removeFromWorkList(I);
4755 continue;
4756 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004757
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004758 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004759 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004760 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004761 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004762 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
4763 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
4764 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004765 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
4766 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
4767 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
4768 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4769 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
4770 isFoldableGEP = false;
4771 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004772 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004773 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
4774 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00004775 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004776 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
4777 }
4778 }
4779
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004780 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004781 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00004782 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
4783
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004784 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004785 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00004786 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004787 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004788 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004789
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004790 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
4791 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
4792 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
4793 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
4794 if (UserParent != BB) {
4795 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
4796 // See if the user is one of our successors.
4797 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
4798 if (*SI == UserParent) {
4799 UserIsSuccessor = true;
4800 break;
4801 }
4802
4803 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
4804 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
4805 // otherwise), we can keep going.
4806 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
4807 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
4808 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
4809 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
4810 }
4811 }
4812
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004813 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004814 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00004815 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004816 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004817 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004818 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
4819 << " New = " << *Result);
4820
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004821 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
4822 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
4823
4824 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
4825 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4826 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004827
4828 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
4829 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00004830 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004831
4832 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
4833 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004834 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
4835
4836 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
4837 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
4838 ++InsertPos;
4839
4840 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004841
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004842 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
4843 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004844 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4845 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4846 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4847
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004848 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
4849 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
4850 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004851
4852 // Erase the old instruction.
4853 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004854 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004855 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
4856
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004857 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
4858 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004859 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4860 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
4861 // use counts.
4862 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4863 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4864 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4865
4866 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
4867 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004868 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004869 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004870 } else {
4871 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4872 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004873 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004874 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004875 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004876 }
4877 }
4878
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004879 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004880}
4881
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00004882FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004883 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004884}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00004885